blob: 04c259157affaf6dede89d78d1c4db508f20f553 [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
2HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00008
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
11DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000012 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000013SRST
14``-h``
15 Display help and exit
16ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000017
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000018DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000019 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000020SRST
21``-version``
22 Display version information and exit
23ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020025DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
26 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010027 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020028 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020029 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050030 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030031 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080032 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010033 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010034 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080035 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010036 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080037 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050038 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +010039 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n"
Cédric Le Goater57702892022-11-07 17:13:48 +010040 " cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020041 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000042SRST
43``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
44 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
45 available machines.
46
47 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
48 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
49 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
50 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
51
52 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
53 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
54 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
55 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
56 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
57
58 Supported machine properties are:
59
60 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
61 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020062 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000063 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
64 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
65 initialize.
66
67 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
68 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
69 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
70 off otherwise the default is on.
71
72 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
73 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
74
75 ``mem-merge=on|off``
76 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
77 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
78 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
79
80 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
81 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
82 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
83 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
84 is on.
85
86 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
87 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
88 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
89 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
90 is on.
91
92 ``nvdimm=on|off``
93 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
94
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000095 ``memory-encryption=``
96 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
97
98 ``hmat=on|off``
99 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
100 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500101
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100102 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500103 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
104 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
105
106 For example:
107 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100108
109 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
110 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
111 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500112
113 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100114
115 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
116 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
117 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
118 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
119 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
120 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
121
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500122 For example:
123 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100124
125 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
126 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
127 -m 512M
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100128
129 ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]``
130 Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW).
131
132 Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM.
133
134 They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which
135 may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges. The system
136 software will assign particular devices into these windows and
137 configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders
138 in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the
139 interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices.
140
141 ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100142 which may be identified by the id provided in the -device entry.
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100143 Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when
144 the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the
145 target index from 0.
146
147 ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of
148 256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is
149 platform and configuration dependent.
150
151 ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of
152 interleave. Default 256KiB. Only 256KiB, 512KiB, 1024KiB, 2048KiB
153 4096KiB, 8192KiB and 16384KiB granularities supported.
154
155 Example:
156
157 ::
158
159 -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512k
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000160ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000161
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200162DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400163 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n",
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200164 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
165
166SRST
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400167``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}``
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200168 Define an SGX EPC section.
169ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200170
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000171DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100172 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000173SRST
174``-cpu model``
175 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
176 selection)
177ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000178
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000179DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100180 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200181 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100182 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100183 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100184 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700185 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100186 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400187 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800188 " notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n (enable notify VM exit and set notify window, x86 only)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300189 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000190SRST
191``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
192 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200193 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000194 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
195 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
196 initialize.
197
198 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
199 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
200 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
201 (default=off)
202
203 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
204 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
205 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
206 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
207 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
208 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
209
210 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
211 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
212
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700213 ``split-wx=on|off``
214 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
215 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
216 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
217 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
218
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000219 ``tb-size=n``
220 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
221
222 ``thread=single|multi``
223 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300224 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000225 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
226 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
227 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
228 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400229
230 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
231 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
232 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
233 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
234 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
235 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
236 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
237 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
238 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
239
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800240 ``notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n``
241 Enables or disables notify VM exit support on x86 host and specify
242 the corresponding notify window to trigger the VM exit if enabled.
243 ``run`` option enables the feature. It does nothing and continue
244 if the exit happens. ``internal-error`` option enables the feature.
245 It raises a internal error. ``disable`` option doesn't enable the feature.
246 This feature can mitigate the CPU stuck issue due to event windows don't
247 open up for a specified of time (i.e. notify-window).
248 Default: notify-vmexit=run,notify-window=0.
249
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000250ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000251
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000252DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800253 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800254 " set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100255 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700256 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800257 " sockets= number of sockets on the machine board\n"
258 " dies= number of dies in one socket\n"
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800259 " clusters= number of clusters in one die\n"
260 " cores= number of cores in one cluster\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800261 " threads= number of threads in one core\n"
262 "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n"
263 " parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n"
264 " will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n"
265 " three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n"
266 " sequentially mean as below:\n"
267 " sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n"
268 " cores means the number of cores in one socket\n"
269 " threads means the number of threads in one core\n"
270 " For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n"
271 " can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n"
272 " can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n"
273 " must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n",
274 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000275SRST
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800276``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100277 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
278 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
279 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800280 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
281 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
282 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
283 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
284 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800285 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the
286 CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs.
287 Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by
288 the specific machine type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100289
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800290 To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology
291 parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the
292 parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported
293 which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So
294 for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can
295 be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can
296 also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be
297 set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100298
299 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800300 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
301 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
302 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800303
304 For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy
305 (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per
306 core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads.
307 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
308 automatically computed:
309
310 ::
311
312 -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8
313
314 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
315 totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 cores per die, 2 threads
316 per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies/cores/threads.
317 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
318 automatically computed:
319
320 ::
321
322 -smp 16,sockets=2,dies=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
323
Yanan Wangd55c3162022-01-07 16:32:27 +0800324 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
325 totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster,
326 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters
327 /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values
328 will be automatically computed:
329
330 ::
331
332 -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
333
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800334 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
335 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
336 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800337 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
338 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800339
340 For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets
341 of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2:
342
343 ::
344
345 -smp 2
Yicong Yang97f4eff2022-12-29 14:55:09 +0800346
347 Note: The cluster topology will only be generated in ACPI and exposed
348 to guest if it's explicitly specified in -smp.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000349ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000350
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000351DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800352 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
353 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100354 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800355 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800356 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
357 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100358 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000359SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000360``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
361 \
362``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
363 \
364``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
365 \
366``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
367 \
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100368``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=type[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000369 \
370``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000371 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
372 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
373 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
374
375 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
376 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
377 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
378 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
379 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
380 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
381
382 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
383 NUMA node:
384
385 ::
386
387 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
388
389 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
390 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
391 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
392 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
393 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
394 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
395 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
396 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
397 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
398
399 For example:
400
401 ::
402
403 -M pc \
404 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
405 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
406 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
407
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400408 Legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' assigns a given RAM amount to a node (not supported
409 for 5.1 and newer machine types). '\ ``memdev``\ ' assigns RAM from
410 a given memory backend device to a node. If '\ ``mem``\ ' and
411 '\ ``memdev``\ ' are omitted in all nodes, RAM is split equally between them.
412
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000413
414 '\ ``mem``\ ' and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive.
415 Furthermore, if one node uses '\ ``memdev``\ ', all of them have to
416 use it.
417
418 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
419 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
420 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
421 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
422
423 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
424 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
425 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
426 and must be itself.
427
428 ::
429
430 -machine hmat=on \
431 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
432 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
433 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
434 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
435 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
436 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
437 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
438 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
439
440 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
441 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
442 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
443 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
444 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
445 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
446 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
447 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
448 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
449 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
450
451 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
452 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
453 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
454 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
455
456 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
457 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
458 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
459 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
460 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
461
462 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
463 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
464 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
465 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
466 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
467 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
468 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
469 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
470 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
471 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
472 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
473 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
474
475 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
476 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
477 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
478 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
479 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
480
481 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
482 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
483 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
484 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
485 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
486 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
487 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
488
489 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
490 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
491 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
492 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
493 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
494 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
495 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
496 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
497
498 ::
499
500 -machine hmat=on \
501 -m 2G \
502 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
503 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800504 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000505 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
506 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
507 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
508 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
509 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
510 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
511 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
512 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
513 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
514 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
515ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000516
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100517DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
518 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
519 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000520SRST
521``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
522 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
523
524 ``fd=fd``
525 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
526 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
527 stderr.
528
529 ``set=set``
530 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
531 descriptor to.
532
533 ``opaque=opaque``
534 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
535 describe fd.
536
537 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
538 set:
539
540 .. parsed-literal::
541
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200542 |qemu_system| \\
543 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
544 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000545 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
546ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100547
548DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
549 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
550 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
551 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000552SRST
553``-set group.id.arg=value``
554 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
555ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100556
557DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200558 "-global driver.property=value\n"
559 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100560 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
561 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000562SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000563``-global driver.prop=value``
564 \
565``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000566 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
567
568 .. parsed-literal::
569
570 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
571
572 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
573 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
574 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
575 use -``device``.
576
577 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
578 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
579 even when driver contains a dot.
580ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100581
582DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
583 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800584 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100585 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
586 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
587 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
588 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
589 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000590SRST
591``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
592 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
593 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
594 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
595 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
596 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
597 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
598 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
599 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
600 both at the same time.
601
602 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
603 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
604
605 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
606 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
607 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
608 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
609 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
610 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
611 800x640.
612
613 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
614 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
615 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
616 for X86 system support it.
617
618 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
619 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
620 options. The default is non-strict boot.
621
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000622 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000623
624 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
625 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
626 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
627 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
628 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
629 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
630
631 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
632 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
633ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100634
635DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300636 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100637 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200638 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200639 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400640 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
641 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100642 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000643SRST
644``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
645 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
646 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
647 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
648 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
649 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
650
651 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
652 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
653 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
654
655 .. parsed-literal::
656
657 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
658
659 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
660 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
661ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100662
663DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
664 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000665SRST
666``-mem-path path``
667 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
668ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100669
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100670DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
671 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
672 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000673SRST
674``-mem-prealloc``
675 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
676ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100677
678DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
679 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
680 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000681SRST
682``-k language``
683 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
684 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
685 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
686 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
687 PC/Windows hosts.
688
689 The available layouts are:
690
691 ::
692
693 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
694 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
695 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
696
697 The default is ``en-us``.
698ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100699
700
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100701HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100702DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100703 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100704 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000705SRST
706``-audio-help``
707 Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
708 (deprecated) environment variables.
709ERST
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100710
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200711DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio,
712 "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
713 " specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n"
714 " apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n"
715 " use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n",
716 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
717SRST
718``-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]``
719 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the guest audio
720 hardware and the host audio backend in one go.
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200721 The driver option is the same as with the corresponding ``-audiodev`` option below.
722 The guest hardware model can be set with ``model=modelname``.
723
724 Use ``driver=help`` to list the available drivers,
725 and ``model=help`` to list the available device types.
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200726
727 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio``
728 can be used to shorten the command line length:
729
730 .. parsed-literal::
731
732 |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa
733 |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16
734ERST
735
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100736DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
737 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
738 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200739 " Use ``-audiodev help`` to list the available drivers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100740 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
741 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200742 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100743 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
744 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
745 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
746 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100747 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100748 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100749 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100750 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
751 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
752#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
753 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
754 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100755 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100756 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
757 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
758#endif
759#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
760 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
761 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
762#endif
763#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
764 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
765 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
766#endif
767#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
768 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
769 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
770 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
771 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
772 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
773 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
774 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
775#endif
776#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
777 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
778 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
779 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100780 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100781#endif
782#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
783 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100784 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100785#endif
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200786#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SNDIO
787 "-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
788#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100789#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
790 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
791#endif
Marc-André Lureau739362d2021-03-09 17:15:28 +0400792#ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY
793 "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
794#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100795 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
796 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
797 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000798SRST
799``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
800 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
801 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
802 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
803 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
804 ``out.prop``. For example:
805
806 ::
807
808 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
809 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
810
811 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
812 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
813 and continue emulation without sound.
814
815 Valid global options are:
816
817 ``id=identifier``
818 Identifies the audio backend.
819
820 ``timer-period=period``
821 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
822 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
823
824 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
825 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
826 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
827 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
828 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
829 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
830 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
831 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
832 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
833
834 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
835 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
836 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
837 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
838
839 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
840 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
841 is 44100Hz.
842
843 ``in|out.channels=channels``
844 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
845 Default is 2 (stereo).
846
847 ``in|out.format=format``
848 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
849 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100850 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000851
852 ``in|out.voices=voices``
853 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
854
855 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
856 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
857
858``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
859 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
860 no backend specific properties.
861
862``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
863 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
864 Linux.
865
866 ALSA specific options are:
867
868 ``in|out.dev=device``
869 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
870 is ``default``.
871
872 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
873 Sets the period length in microseconds.
874
875 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
876 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
877
878 ``threshold=threshold``
879 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
880
881``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
882 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
883 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
884
885 Core Audio specific options are:
886
887 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
888 Sets the count of the buffers.
889
890``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
891 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
892 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
893
894 DirectSound specific options are:
895
896 ``latency=usecs``
897 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
898 10000 (10 ms).
899
900``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
901 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
902 Unix-like systems.
903
904 OSS specific options are:
905
906 ``in|out.dev=device``
907 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
908 ``/dev/dsp``.
909
910 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
911 Sets the count of the buffers.
912
913 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
914 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
915
916 ``try-mmap=on|off``
917 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
918
919 ``exclusive=on|off``
920 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
921 case). Default is off.
922
923 ``dsp-policy=policy``
924 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
925 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
926 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
927 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
928
929``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
930 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
931 most systems.
932
933 PulseAudio specific options are:
934
935 ``server=server``
936 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
937
938 ``in|out.name=sink``
939 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
940
941 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
942 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
943 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
944
945``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
946 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
947 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100948 possible.
949
950 SDL specific options are:
951
952 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
953 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000954
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200955``-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
956 Creates a backend using SNDIO. This backend is available on
957 OpenBSD and most other Unix-like systems.
958
959 Sndio specific options are:
960
961 ``in|out.dev=device``
962 Specify the sndio device to use for input and/or output. Default
963 is ``default``.
964
965 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
966 Sets the desired period length in microseconds.
967
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000968``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
969 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
970 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
971 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
972 specific properties.
973
974``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
975 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
976
977 Backend specific options are:
978
979 ``path=path``
980 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
981 ``qemu.wav``.
982ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100983
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100984DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
985 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
986 " add device (based on driver)\n"
987 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
988 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
989 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
990 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000991SRST
992``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
993 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
994 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
995 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
996
997 Some drivers are:
998
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -0500999``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001000 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
1001 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
1002 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
1003 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
1004
1005 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
1006 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
1007 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
1008 it.
1009
1010 ``id=id``
1011 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
1012
1013 ``slave_addr=val``
1014 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
1015
1016 ``sdrfile=file``
1017 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
1018 is none.
1019
1020 ``fruareasize=val``
1021 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
1022 1024.
1023
1024 ``frudatafile=file``
1025 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
1026 The default is none.
1027
1028 ``guid=uuid``
1029 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
1030 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
1031 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
1032
1033``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
1034 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
1035 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
1036 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
1037
1038 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
1039 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
1040 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
1041 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
1042 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
1043 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
1044 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
1045 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
1046
1047 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
1048 details on the external interface.
1049
1050``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001051 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the ISA bus. This also adds a
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001052 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
1053
1054 ``bmc=id``
1055 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
1056 above.
1057
1058 ``ioport=val``
1059 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
1060 for KCS.
1061
1062 ``irq=val``
1063 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
1064 interrupts, set this to 0.
1065
1066``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1067 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
1068 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001069
1070``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001071 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the PCI bus.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001072
1073 ``bmc=id``
1074 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
1075
1076``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
1077 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -04001078
1079``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
1080 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
1081 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
1082
1083 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
1084 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
1085 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
1086 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
1087 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
1088 kernel-irqchip.
1089
1090 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
1091 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
1092 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
1093 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
1094 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
1095 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
1096 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
1097
1098 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
1099 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
1100 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
1101 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
1102
1103 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
1104 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
1105 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
1106 4-level IOMMU page tables.
1107
1108 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
1109 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
1110
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001111ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001112
1113DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001114 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001115 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +03001116 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
1117 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001118 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001119 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001120SRST
1121``-name name``
1122 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1123 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1124 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1125 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1126ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001127
1128DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1129 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1130 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001131SRST
1132``-uuid uuid``
1133 Set system UUID.
1134ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001135
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001136DEFHEADING()
1137
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001138DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001139
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001140SRST
1141The QEMU block device handling options have a long history and
1142have gone through several iterations as the feature set and complexity
1143of the block layer have grown. Many online guides to QEMU often
1144reference older and deprecated options, which can lead to confusion.
1145
1146The recommended modern way to describe disks is to use a combination of
1147``-device`` to specify the hardware device and ``-blockdev`` to
1148describe the backend. The device defines what the guest sees and the
1149backend describes how QEMU handles the data.
1150
1151ERST
1152
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001153DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001154 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1155DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001156SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001157``-fda file``
1158 \
1159``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001160 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1161 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001162ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001163
1164DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001165 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1166DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001167DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001168 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1169DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001170SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001171``-hda file``
1172 \
1173``-hdb file``
1174 \
1175``-hdc file``
1176 \
1177``-hdd file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001178 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1179 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001180ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001181
1182DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001183 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
1184 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001185SRST
1186``-cdrom file``
1187 Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at
1188 the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom``
1189 as filename.
1190ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001191
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001192DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1193 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1194 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001195 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1196 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001197 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1198 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001199SRST
1200``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1201 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1202 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1203 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1204 most common block drivers.
1205
1206 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1207 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1208 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1209 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1210 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1211
1212 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1213 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1214 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1215
1216 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1217 ``driver``
1218 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1219
1220 ``node-name``
1221 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1222 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1223 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1224 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1225
1226 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1227 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1228 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1229 explicit node name must be specified.
1230
1231 ``read-only``
1232 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1233
1234 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1235 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1236 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1237 option must be specified explicitly.
1238
1239 ``auto-read-only``
1240 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1241 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1242 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1243 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1244 is attached to the node.
1245
1246 ``force-share``
1247 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1248 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1249 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1250 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1251 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1252 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1253 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1254
1255 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1256
1257 ``cache.direct``
1258 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1259 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1260 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1261
1262 ``cache.no-flush``
1263 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1264 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1265 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1266 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1267 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1268 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1269 probably be rendered unusable.
1270
1271 ``discard=discard``
1272 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1273 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1274 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1275 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1276
1277 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1278 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1279 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1280 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1281 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1282 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1283
1284 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1285 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1286 files.
1287
1288 ``filename``
1289 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1290
1291 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001292 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1293 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001294
1295 ``locking``
1296 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1297 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1298 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1299 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1300
1301 Example:
1302
1303 ::
1304
1305 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1306
1307 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1308 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1309 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1310 ``file``.
1311
1312 ``file``
1313 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1314 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1315
1316 Example 1:
1317
1318 ::
1319
1320 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1321 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1322
1323 Example 2:
1324
1325 ::
1326
1327 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1328
1329 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1330 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1331 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1332 ``file``.
1333
1334 ``file``
1335 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1336 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1337
1338 ``backing``
1339 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1340 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1341 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1342 file.
1343
1344 ``lazy-refcounts``
1345 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1346 default is taken from the image file)
1347
1348 ``cache-size``
1349 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1350 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1351 refcount-cache-size)
1352
1353 ``l2-cache-size``
1354 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1355 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1356 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1357 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1358 minimal refcount cache size)
1359
1360 ``refcount-cache-size``
1361 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1362 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1363 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1364 cache)
1365
1366 ``cache-clean-interval``
1367 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1368 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1369 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1370 to 0 disables this feature.
1371
1372 ``pass-discard-request``
1373 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1374 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1375 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1376
1377 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1378 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1379 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1380 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1381
1382 ``pass-discard-other``
1383 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1384 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1385 (on/off; default: off)
1386
1387 ``overlap-check``
1388 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1389 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1390 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1391 ``blockdev-add``.
1392
1393 Example 1:
1394
1395 ::
1396
1397 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1398 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1399
1400 Example 2:
1401
1402 ::
1403
1404 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1405
1406 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1407 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1408 QMP command.
1409ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001410
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001411DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1412 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001413 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001414 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001415 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1416 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001417 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001418 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001419 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1420 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1421 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1422 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001423 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001424 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001425 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001426SRST
1427``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1428 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1429 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1430 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1431
1432 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1433 In addition, it knows the following options:
1434
1435 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001436 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1437 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1438 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001439 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1440
1441 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1442 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1443 for more information.
1444
1445 ``if=interface``
1446 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1447 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1448 pflash, virtio, none.
1449
1450 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1451 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1452 the bus number and the unit id.
1453
1454 ``index=index``
Laurent Vivier35aab302022-02-02 15:34:22 +01001455 This option defines where the drive is connected by using an
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001456 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1457 type.
1458
1459 ``media=media``
1460 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1461
1462 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1463 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1464 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1465
1466 ``cache=cache``
1467 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1468 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1469 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1470 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1471 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1472 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1473 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1474
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001475 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1476 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1477 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1478 writeback on off off
1479 none on on off
1480 writethrough off off off
1481 directsync off on off
1482 unsafe on off on
1483 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001484
1485 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1486
1487 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001488 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1489 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001490
1491 ``format=format``
1492 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1493 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1494 an untrusted format header.
1495
1496 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1497 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1498 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1499 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1500 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1501 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1502 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1503
1504 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1505 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1506 backing file sectors into the image file.
1507
1508 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1509 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1510 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1511 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1512 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1513
1514 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1515 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1516 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1517 above the limit temporarily.
1518
1519 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1520 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1521 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1522
1523 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1524 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1525 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1526 spike above the limit temporarily.
1527
1528 ``iops_size=is``
1529 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1530 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1531 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1532
1533 ``group=g``
1534 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1535 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1536 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1537 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1538 disk.
1539
1540 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1541 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1542 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1543 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1544 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1545 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1546
1547 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1548 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1549 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1550 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1551 this has a major impact on performance.
1552
1553 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1554
1555 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1556 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1557 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1558
1559 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1560
1561 .. parsed-literal::
1562
1563 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1564
1565 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1566
1567 .. parsed-literal::
1568
1569 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1570 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1571 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1572 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1573
1574 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1575 set:
1576
1577 .. parsed-literal::
1578
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001579 |qemu_system| \\
1580 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1581 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001582 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1583
1584 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1585
1586 .. parsed-literal::
1587
1588 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1589
1590 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1591 drive:
1592
1593 .. parsed-literal::
1594
1595 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1596
1597 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1598
1599 .. parsed-literal::
1600
1601 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1602 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1603
1604 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1605 incremented:
1606
1607 .. parsed-literal::
1608
John Snowa234ec32023-02-02 17:31:21 -05001609 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001610
1611 is interpreted like:
1612
1613 .. parsed-literal::
1614
1615 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1616ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001617
1618DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001619 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1620 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001621SRST
1622``-mtdblock file``
1623 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1624ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001625
1626DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001627 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001628SRST
1629``-sd file``
1630 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1631ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001632
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001633DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001634 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1635 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001636SRST
1637``-snapshot``
1638 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1639 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001640 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1641 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001642ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001643
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301644DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001645 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001646 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001647 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1648 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1649 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1650 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001651 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001652 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1653 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001654 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301655 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1656
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001657SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001658``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001659 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001660``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001661 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001662``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001663 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001664``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001665 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1666
1667 ``local``
1668 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1669
1670 ``proxy``
1671 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1672
1673 ``synth``
1674 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1675
1676 ``id=id``
1677 Specifies identifier for this device.
1678
1679 ``path=path``
1680 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1681 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1682
1683 ``security_model=security_model``
1684 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1685 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1686 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1687 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1688 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1689 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1690 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1691 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1692 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1693 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1694 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1695 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1696 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1697 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1698 parameter.
1699
1700 ``writeout=writeout``
1701 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1702 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1703 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1704 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1705 storage subsystem.
1706
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001707 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001708 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1709 default read-write access is given.
1710
1711 ``socket=socket``
1712 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1713 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1714
1715 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1716 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1717 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1718 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1719 sock\_fd.
1720
1721 ``fmode=fmode``
1722 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1723 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1724 "mapped-file".
1725
1726 ``dmode=dmode``
1727 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1728 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1729 "mapped-file".
1730
1731 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1732 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1733 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1734
1735 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1736 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1737 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1738 above the limit temporarily.
1739
1740 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1741 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1742 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1743
1744 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1745 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1746 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1747 spike above the limit temporarily.
1748
1749 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1750 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1751 throttling purposes.
1752
1753 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1754
1755``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1756 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1757
1758 ``type``
1759 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1760 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1761
1762 ``fsdev=id``
1763 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1764
1765 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1766 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1767 export point.
1768ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301769
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301770DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001771 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001772 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1773 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1774 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1775 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301776 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1777
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001778SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001779``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001780 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001781``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001782 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001783``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001784 \
1785``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001786 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1787 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1788 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1789 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1790 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +01001791 simultaneously.
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001792
1793 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1794 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1795
1796 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001797
1798 ``local``
1799 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1800
1801 ``proxy``
1802 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1803
1804 ``synth``
1805 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1806
1807 ``id=id``
1808 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1809
1810 ``path=path``
1811 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1812 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1813
1814 ``security_model=security_model``
1815 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1816 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1817 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1818 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1819 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1820 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1821 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1822 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1823 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1824 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1825 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1826 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1827 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1828 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1829 parameter.
1830
1831 ``writeout=writeout``
1832 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1833 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1834 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1835 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1836 storage subsystem.
1837
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001838 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001839 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1840 default read-write access is given.
1841
1842 ``socket=socket``
1843 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1844 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1845 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1846 sock\_fd.
1847
1848 ``sock_fd``
1849 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1850 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1851
1852 ``fmode=fmode``
1853 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1854 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1855 "mapped-file".
1856
1857 ``dmode=dmode``
1858 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1859 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1860 "mapped-file".
1861
1862 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1863 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1864 export point.
1865
1866 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1867 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1868 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1869 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1870 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1871 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1872 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1873 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1874 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1875 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1876 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1877 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1878 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1879 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1880 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1881 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
1882 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
1883 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1884 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
1885 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
1886 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
1887 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1888 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
1889 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
1890 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
1891 devices).
1892ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301893
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001894DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
Daniel P. Berrangéc3b3a6c2022-12-01 04:25:05 -05001895 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password][,password-secret=secret-id]\n"
1896 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE]\n"
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001897 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1898 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1899 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1900
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001901SRST
1902``-iscsi``
1903 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1904ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001905
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001906DEFHEADING()
1907
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001908DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001909
1910DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001911 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001912 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001913SRST
1914``-usb``
1915 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
1916 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
1917 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
1918 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
1919ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001920
1921DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1922 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1923 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001924SRST
1925``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001926 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
1927 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
1928 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
1929 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
1930 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
1931 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
1932 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
1933 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
1934 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
1935 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
1936 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001937 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001938 Possible devices for devname are:
1939
1940 ``braille``
1941 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
1942 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
1943 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
1944 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
1945
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001946 ``keyboard``
1947 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001948
1949 ``mouse``
1950 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
1951 activated.
1952
1953 ``tablet``
1954 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
1955 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
1956 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
1957 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1958
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001959 ``wacom-tablet``
1960 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
1961
1962
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001963ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001964
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001965DEFHEADING()
1966
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001967DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001968
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001969DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001970#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001971 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001972#endif
1973#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Hutha743d602022-05-19 17:56:23 +02001974 "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n"
1975 " [,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001976#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001977#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001978 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02001979 " [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Bryce Millsdbccb1a2022-10-11 13:58:21 +00001980 " [,show-menubar=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001981#endif
1982#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1983 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1984#endif
1985#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
1986 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
1987#endif
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09001988#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Gustavo Noronha Silva4797adc2022-03-06 21:11:19 +09001989 "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n"
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09001990#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001991#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
1992 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1993#endif
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04001994#if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY)
1995 "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n"
1996 " [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1997#endif
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00001998#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
1999 "-display cocoa[,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n"
2000#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002001 "-display none\n"
2002 " select display backend type\n"
2003 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
2004#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
2005 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002006#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002007 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002008#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002009 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002010#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002011 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002012#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002013 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002014#endif
2015 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002016SRST
2017``-display type``
Thomas Huth707d93d2022-05-19 17:56:25 +02002018 Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available
2019 display types. Valid values for type are
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002020
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002021 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
2022 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
2023 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
2024 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
2025
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002026 ``dbus``
2027 Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0)
2028
2029 The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when
2030 already owned).
2031
2032 ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to.
2033
Marc-André Lureau99997822021-10-10 00:16:57 +04002034 ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``.
2035
2036 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface
2037 will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors).
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002038
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002039 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002040 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
2041 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002042 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002043
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002044 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
John Snow450e0f22021-10-04 17:52:36 -04002045 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be
2046 either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``.
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002047
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002048 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2049
2050 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2051
2052 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2053
2054 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002055 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
2056 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002057 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002058
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002059 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2060
2061 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2062
2063 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
2064
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002065 ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the
2066 various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and
2067 virtual console character devices) by default.
2068
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002069 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2070
2071 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2072
Bryce Millsdbccb1a2022-10-11 13:58:21 +00002073 ``show-menubar=on|off`` : Display the main window menubar, defaults to "on"
2074
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002075 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002076 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
2077 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
2078 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
2079 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
2080 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
2081 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
2082 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
2083 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
2084 ``CP437``.
2085
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002086 ``cocoa``
2087 Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface
2088 provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and
2089 control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
2090
2091 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2092
2093 ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host
2094
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002095 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002096 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
2097 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
2098 VNC or SPICE displays.
2099
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002100 ``vnc=<display>``
2101 Start a VNC server on display <display>
2102
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002103 ``none``
2104 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
2105 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
2106 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
2107 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
2108 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
2109 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002110ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002111
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002112DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002113 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
2114 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002115SRST
2116``-nographic``
2117 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2118 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2119 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
2120 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
2121 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
2122 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
2123 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
2124 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
2125ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002126
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002127#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002128DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002129 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2130 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2131 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002132 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2133 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002134 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2135 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2136 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002137 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé36debaf2022-12-01 04:22:11 -05002138 " [,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002139 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2140 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2141 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002142 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2143 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002144 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002145 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002146 " enable spice\n"
2147 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
2148 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002149#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002150SRST
2151``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2152 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2153
2154 ``port=<nr>``
2155 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2156
2157 ``addr=<addr>``
2158 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2159 address.
2160
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002161 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002162 Force using the specified IP version.
2163
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002164 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2165 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2166 you need to authenticate.
2167
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002168 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002169 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2170 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2171 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2172 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2173 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2174 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2175 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2176 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2177 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2178 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2179 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2180 credentials.
2181
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002182 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002183 Allow client connects without authentication.
2184
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002185 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002186 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2187
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002188 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002189 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2190 guest.
2191
2192 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2193 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2194
2195 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2196 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2197 $display,x509=$dir
2198
2199 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2200 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2201
2202 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2203 Specify which ciphers to use.
2204
2205 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2206 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2207 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2208 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2209 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2210 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2211 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2212
2213 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2214 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2215
2216 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2217 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2218 is auto.
2219
2220 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2221 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2222
2223 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2224 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2225
2226 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2227 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2228 Default is on.
2229
2230 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2231 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2232
2233 ``gl=[on|off]``
2234 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2235
2236 ``rendernode=<file>``
2237 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2238 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2239ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002240
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002241DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002242 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2243 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002244SRST
2245``-portrait``
2246 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2247ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002248
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002249DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2250 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2251 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002252SRST
2253``-rotate deg``
2254 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2255ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002256
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002257DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002258 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002259 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002260SRST
2261``-vga type``
2262 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2263
2264 ``cirrus``
2265 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2266 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2267 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2268 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2269
2270 ``std``
2271 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2272 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2273 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2274 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2275 2.2)
2276
2277 ``vmware``
2278 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2279 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2280 driver for this card.
2281
2282 ``qxl``
2283 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2284 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2285 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2286 protocol.
2287
2288 ``tcx``
2289 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2290 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2291 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2292
2293 ``cg3``
2294 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2295 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2296 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2297 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2298
2299 ``virtio``
2300 Virtio VGA card.
2301
2302 ``none``
2303 Disable VGA card.
2304ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002305
2306DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002307 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002308SRST
2309``-full-screen``
2310 Start in full screen.
2311ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002312
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002313DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002314 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002315 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002316SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002317``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002318 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2319
2320 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2321
2322 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2323 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2324 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2325 OBP.
2326ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002327
2328DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002329 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002330SRST
2331``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2332 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2333 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2334 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2335 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2336 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2337 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2338 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2339 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2340
2341 ``to=L``
2342 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
2343 until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
2344 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2345 application. By default, to=0.
2346
2347 ``host:d``
2348 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2349 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2350 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2351 any host.
2352
2353 ``unix:path``
2354 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2355 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2356
2357 ``none``
2358 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2359 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2360
2361 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2362 separated by commas. Valid options are
2363
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002364 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002365 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2366 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2367 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2368 number, not a display number.
2369
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002370 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002371 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2372 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2373 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2374 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2375
2376 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2377 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2378 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2379
2380 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2381 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2382 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2383
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002384 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002385 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2386 connections.
2387
2388 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002389 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002390 syntax to change your password is:
2391 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2392 either "vnc" or "spice".
2393
2394 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2395 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2396 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2397 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2398 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2399 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2400 this date and time).
2401
2402 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2403 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2404 expire.
2405
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002406 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2407 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2408 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2409 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2410
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002411 ``tls-creds=ID``
2412 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2413 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2414 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2415 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2416 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2417 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2418
2419 ``tls-authz=ID``
2420 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2421 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2422 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2423 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2424 default to denying access.
2425
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002426 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002427 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2428 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2429 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2430 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2431 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2432 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2433 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2434 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2435 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2436 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2437 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2438 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002439 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2440 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002441
2442 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2443 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2444 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2445 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2446 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2447 to denying access.
2448
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002449 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002450 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2451 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2452 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2453 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2454 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2455
2456 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2457 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2458
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002459 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002460 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2461 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2462 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2463 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2464
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002465 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002466 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2467 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2468 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2469 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2470 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2471 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2472
2473 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2474 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2475 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2476 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2477 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2478 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2479 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2480 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2481 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2482 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2483 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2484 traditional QEMU behavior.
2485
2486 ``key-delay-ms``
2487 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2488 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2489 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2490 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2491 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2492 scripts for automated testing.
2493
2494 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2495 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2496 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2497 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2498 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002499
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002500 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002501 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2502 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002503ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002504
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002505ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002506
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002507ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002508
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002509DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002510 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2511 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002512SRST
2513``-win2k-hack``
2514 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2515 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
2516 option slows down the IDE transfers).
2517ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002518
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002519DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002520 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2521 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002522SRST
2523``-no-fd-bootchk``
2524 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
2525 needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2526ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002527
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002528DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002529 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002530SRST
2531``-no-acpi``
2532 Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
2533 Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
2534 machine only).
2535ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002536
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002537DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002538 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002539SRST
2540``-no-hpet``
Thomas Huthdf373302022-12-29 12:49:13 +01002541 Disable HPET support. Deprecated, use '-machine hpet=off' instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002542ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002543
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002544DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002545 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002546 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002547SRST
2548``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2549 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2550 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2551 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2552 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2553 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2554 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2555 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2556 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2557 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2558ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002559
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002560DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2561 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002562 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002563 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2564 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002565 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002566 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2567 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002568 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2569 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2570 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2571 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2572 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2573 " [,sku=str]\n"
2574 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2575 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002576 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002577 " [,processor-id=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002578 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Hal Martinfd8caa22022-08-12 15:51:53 +02002579 "-smbios type=8[,external_reference=str][,internal_reference=str][,connector_type=%d][,port_type=%d]\n"
2580 " specify SMBIOS type 8 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002581 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2582 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002583 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002584 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002585 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2586 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2587 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Song Gao4934cc52023-02-07 17:04:06 +08002588 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_LOONGARCH)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002589SRST
2590``-smbios file=binary``
2591 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2592
2593``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2594 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2595
2596``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2597 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2598
2599``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2600 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2601
2602``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2603 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2604
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002605``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-id=%d]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002606 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2607
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002608``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2609 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2610
2611 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2612 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2613 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2614 concurrently.
2615
2616 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2617 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2618
2619 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2620 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2621
2622 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2623 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2624 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2625 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2626
2627 An example passing three strings is
2628
2629 .. parsed-literal::
2630
2631 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2632 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2633 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2634
2635 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2636
2637 .. parsed-literal::
2638
2639 $ dmidecode -t 11
2640 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2641 OEM Strings
2642 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2643 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2644 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2645
2646
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002647``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2648 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002649
2650``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2651 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2652
2653 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2654 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2655 position on the PCI bus.
2656
2657 Here is an example of use:
2658
2659 .. parsed-literal::
2660
2661 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2662 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2663 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2664
2665 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2666
2667 ..parsed-literal::
2668
2669 $ ip -brief l
2670 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2671 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2672
2673 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2674
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002675ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002676
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002677DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002678
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002679DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002680
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002681DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002682#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002683 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2684 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002685 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002686 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002687 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002688#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002689 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002690#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002691 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2692 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002693#endif
2694#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002695 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2696 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002697#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002698 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002699 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002700 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002701 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002702 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002703 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002704 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2705 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2706 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002707 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002708 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2709 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002710 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002711 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002712 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002713 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002714 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2715 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002716 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002717 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2718 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002719 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002720 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002721 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002722 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002723 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002724 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2725 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2726 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2727 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002728#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002729#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002730 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002731 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2732 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002733 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2734 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2735 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002736 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002737 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002738 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002739 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002740 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2741 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2742 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2743 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002744 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002745 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2746 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2747 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2748 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2749 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2750 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2751 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2752 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2753 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2754 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2755#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002756 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2757 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2758 " using a socket connection\n"
2759 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2760 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002761 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002762 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2763 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2764 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
Laurent Vivier148fbf02023-01-19 11:16:45 +01002765 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=inet,addr.host=host,addr.port=port[,to=maxport][,numeric=on|off][,keep-alive=on|off][,mptcp=on|off][,addr.ipv4=on|off][,addr.ipv6=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
2766 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=unix,addr.path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
2767 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=fd,addr.str=file-descriptor[,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002768 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2769 " using a socket connection in stream mode.\n"
2770 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=inet,local.host=addr]\n"
2771 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor]\n"
2772 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
2773 " use ``local.host=addr`` to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
2774 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=inet,local.host=addr,local.port=port[,remote.type=inet,remote.host=addr,remote.port=port]\n"
Laurent Vivier784e7a22022-10-21 11:09:17 +02002775 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=unix,local.path=path[,remote.type=unix,remote.path=path]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002776 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor\n"
2777 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2778 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002779#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002780 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2781 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2782 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002783 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2784 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2785#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002786#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002787 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002788 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2789 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2790 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2791#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002792#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002793 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2794 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002795#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002796#ifdef __linux__
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002797 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002798 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002799 " use 'vhostdev=/path/to/dev' to open a vhost vdpa device\n"
2800 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost vdpa device\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002801#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002802#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2803 "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n"
2804 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2805 " configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n"
2806 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n"
2807 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2808 " specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n"
2809 " vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n"
2810 "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n"
2811 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2812 " configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n"
2813 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2814 " set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n"
2815 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2816 "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n"
2817 " configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n"
2818 " use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n"
2819 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2820#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002821 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002822 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002823DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002824 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002825#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2826 "user|"
2827#endif
2828#ifdef __linux__
2829 "l2tpv3|"
2830#endif
2831#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2832 "vde|"
2833#endif
2834#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2835 "netmap|"
2836#endif
2837#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2838 "vhost-user|"
2839#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002840#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2841 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2842#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002843 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2844 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2845 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002846 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002847 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2848 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002849DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002850 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002851 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002852 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002853 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002854#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2855 "user|"
2856#endif
2857 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002858 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002859#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2860 "vde|"
2861#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002862#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2863 "netmap|"
2864#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002865#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2866 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2867#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002868 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002869 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2870 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002871SRST
2872``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
2873 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
2874 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
2875 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
2876 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
2877 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
2878 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
2879
2880 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
2881 can be used to shorten the command line length:
2882
2883 .. parsed-literal::
2884
2885 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2886 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2887
2888``-nic none``
2889 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
2890 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
2891 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
2892 are provided.
2893
2894``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
2895 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
2896 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
2897
2898 ``id=id``
2899 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2900
2901 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
2902 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
2903 specified both protocols are enabled.
2904
2905 ``net=addr[/mask]``
2906 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
2907 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
2908 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
2909
2910 ``host=addr``
2911 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
2912 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
2913
2914 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
2915 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
2916 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
2917 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
2918 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
2919
2920 ``ipv6-host=addr``
2921 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
2922 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2923
2924 ``restrict=on|off``
2925 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
2926 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
2927 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
2928 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
2929
2930 ``hostname=name``
2931 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
2932 server.
2933
2934 ``dhcpstart=addr``
2935 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
2936 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
2937 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
2938
2939 ``dns=addr``
2940 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
2941 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
2942 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
2943
2944 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
2945 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
2946 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
2947 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2948
2949 ``dnssearch=domain``
2950 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
2951 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
2952 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
2953 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
2954 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
2955 be resolved.
2956
2957 Example:
2958
2959 .. parsed-literal::
2960
2961 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
2962
2963 ``domainname=domain``
2964 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
2965 server.
2966
2967 ``tftp=dir``
2968 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2969 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
2970 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
2971 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
2972
2973 ``tftp-server-name=name``
2974 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
2975 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
2976 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
2977 the host address.
2978
2979 ``bootfile=file``
2980 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
2981 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
2982 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
2983
2984 Example (using pxelinux):
2985
2986 .. parsed-literal::
2987
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002988 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002989 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
2990
2991 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
2992 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2993 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
2994 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
2995 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
2996 i.e. x.x.x.4.
2997
2998 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2999
3000 ::
3001
3002 10.0.2.4 smbserver
3003
3004 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
3005 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
3006 NT/2000).
3007
3008 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
3009
3010 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
3011
3012 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
3013 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
3014 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
3015 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
3016 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
3017 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
3018 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
3019 option can be given multiple times.
3020
3021 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
3022 guest screen 0, use the following:
3023
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003024 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003025
3026 # on the host
3027 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
3028 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
3029 xterm -display :1
3030
3031 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
3032 port on the guest, use the following:
3033
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003034 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003035
3036 # on the host
3037 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
3038 telnet localhost 5555
3039
3040 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
3041 connect to the guest telnet server.
3042
3043 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
3044 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
3045 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
3046 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
3047 can be given multiple times.
3048
3049 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
3050 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
3051
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003052 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003053
3054 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
3055 # the guest accesses it
3056 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
3057
3058 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
3059 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
3060 for that virtual server:
3061
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003062 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003063
3064 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
3065 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
3066 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
3067
3068``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3069 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
3070
3071 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
3072 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
3073 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
3074 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
3075 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
3076 disable script execution.
3077
3078 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08003079 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003080 The default network helper executable is
3081 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3082 ``br0``.
3083
3084 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
3085 host TAP interface.
3086
3087 Examples:
3088
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003089 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003090
3091 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
3092 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
3093
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003094 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003095
3096 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
3097 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003098 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3099 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003100 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
3101
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003102 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003103
3104 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3105 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003106 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003107 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
3108
3109``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3110 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
3111
3112 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
3113 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
3114 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3115 ``br0``.
3116
3117 Examples:
3118
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003119 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003120
3121 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3122 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
3123 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3124
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003125 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003126
3127 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3128 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
3129 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3130
3131``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
3132 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
3133 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
3134 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
3135 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
3136 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
3137 already opened TCP socket.
3138
3139 Example:
3140
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003141 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003142
3143 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003144 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3145 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003146 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3147 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003148 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3149 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003150 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3151
3152``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3153 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3154 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3155 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3156 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3157
3158 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3159 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3160
3161 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3162 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3163
3164 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3165
3166 Example:
3167
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003168 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003169
3170 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003171 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3172 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003173 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3174 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003175 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3176 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003177 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3178 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003179 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3180 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003181 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3182
3183 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3184
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003185 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003186
3187 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003188 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3189 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003190 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3191 # launch UML
3192 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3193
3194 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3195
3196 .. parsed-literal::
3197
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003198 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3199 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003200 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3201
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00003202``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003203 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3204 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3205 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3206 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3207
3208 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3209 firewall directly.
3210
3211 ``src=srcaddr``
3212 source address (mandatory)
3213
3214 ``dst=dstaddr``
3215 destination address (mandatory)
3216
3217 ``udp``
3218 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3219
3220 ``srcport=srcport``
3221 source udp port.
3222
3223 ``dstport=dstport``
3224 destination udp port.
3225
3226 ``ipv6``
3227 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3228
3229 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3230 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3231 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3232 they are 32 bit.
3233
3234 ``cookie64``
3235 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3236
3237 ``counter=off``
3238 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3239 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3240
3241 ``pincounter=on``
3242 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3243 on networks which have packet reorder.
3244
3245 ``offset=offset``
3246 Add an extra offset between header and data
3247
3248 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3249 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3250
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003251 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003252
3253 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3254 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003255 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003256 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003257 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003258 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3259 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3260 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3261 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3262
3263
3264 # on 4.3.2.1
3265 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3266
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003267 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003268 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
3269
3270``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3271 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3272 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3273 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3274 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3275 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3276
3277 Example:
3278
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003279 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003280
3281 # launch vde switch
3282 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3283 # launch QEMU instance
3284 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3285
3286``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3287 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3288 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3289 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3290 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3291 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3292 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3293 multiqueue vhost-user.
3294
3295 Example:
3296
3297 ::
3298
3299 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3300 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3301 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3302 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3303 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3304
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07003305``-netdev vhost-vdpa[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]``
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003306 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3307
3308 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3309 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3310 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3311 emulated by software.
3312
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003313``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3314 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3315
3316 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3317 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3318 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3319 option.
3320
3321``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3322 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3323 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3324 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3325 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3326 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3327 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3328 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3329 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3330 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3331 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3332 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3333 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3334 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3335 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3336 target.
3337
3338``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3339 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3340 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3341 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3342ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003343
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003344DEFHEADING()
3345
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003346DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003347
3348DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003349 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003350 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003351 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003352 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003353 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003354 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003355 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003356 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003357 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003358 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3359 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003360 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003361 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3362 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003363 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-file][,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003364 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003365#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003366 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3367 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003368#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003369 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3370 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003371#endif
3372#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003373 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003374#endif
3375#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3376 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003377 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003378#endif
3379#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003380 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003381#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003382#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003383 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3384 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003385#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003386 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003387)
3388
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003389SRST
3390The general form of a character device option is:
3391
3392``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3393 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3394 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
Paolo Bonzini6f9f6302022-12-16 10:56:53 +01003395 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``parallel``,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003396 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3397 applicable options.
3398
3399 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3400
3401 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3402 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3403 other command line directives.
3404
3405 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3406 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3407 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3408 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3409 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3410 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3411 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3412 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3413 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3414 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3415 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3416 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3417
3418 ::
3419
3420 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3421 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3422 -serial chardev:char0 \
3423 -serial chardev:char0
3424
3425 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3426 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3427 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3428 parallel port:
3429
3430 ::
3431
3432 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3433 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3434 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3435 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3436 -serial chardev:char1 \
3437 -serial chardev:char1
3438
3439 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003440 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3441 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3442 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003443
3444 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3445 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3446 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3447 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3448 and the monitor to stdio.
3449
3450 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3451 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3452 multiple chardevs).
3453
3454 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3455 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3456 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3457 or appended to when opened.
3458
3459The available backends are:
3460
3461``-chardev null,id=id``
3462 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3463 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3464
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003465``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003466 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3467 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3468 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3469 socket.
3470
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003471 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003472
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003473 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003474 to connect to a listening socket.
3475
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003476 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003477 telnet escape sequences.
3478
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003479 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003480 communication.
3481
3482 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3483 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3484 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3485 and is the default.
3486
3487 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3488 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3489 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3490 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3491
3492 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3493 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3494 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3495 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3496 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3497
3498 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3499
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003500 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003501 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3502 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3503 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3504 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3505
3506 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3507 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3508 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3509 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3510
3511 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3512 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3513 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3514 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3515
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003516 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3517 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3518 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003519
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003520 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003521
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003522 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003523 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3524 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003525 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003526 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003527 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003528 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003529
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003530``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003531 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3532
3533 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3534 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3535
3536 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3537 ``port`` is required.
3538
3539 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3540 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3541
3542 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3543 any available local port will be used.
3544
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003545 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003546 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3547
3548``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3549 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3550 does not take any options.
3551
3552``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3553 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3554 specific size.
3555
3556 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3557 of the console, in pixels.
3558
3559 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3560 text console with the given dimensions.
3561
3562``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3563 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3564 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3565
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003566``-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-path]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003567 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3568
3569 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3570 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3571 ``path`` is required.
3572
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003573 If ``input-path`` is specified, this is the path of a second file
3574 which will be used for input. If ``input-path`` is not specified,
3575 no input will be available from the chardev.
3576
3577 Note that ``input-path`` is not supported on Windows hosts.
3578
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003579``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3580 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3581 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3582
3583 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3584 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3585
3586 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3587 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3588 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3589 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3590
3591 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3592 required.
3593
3594``-chardev console,id=id``
3595 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3596 does not take any options.
3597
3598 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3599
3600``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3601 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3602
3603 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3604 serial lines.
3605
3606 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3607
3608``-chardev pty,id=id``
3609 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3610 does not take any options.
3611
3612 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3613
3614``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3615 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3616
3617 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3618 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3619 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3620
3621``-chardev braille,id=id``
3622 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3623 options.
3624
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003625``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3626 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003627 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3628 hosts.
3629
3630 Connect to a local parallel port.
3631
3632 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3633 required.
3634
3635``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3636 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3637
3638 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3639
3640 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3641
3642 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3643
3644``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3645 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3646
3647 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3648
3649 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3650
3651 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3652 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3653ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003654
3655DEFHEADING()
3656
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003657#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003658DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003659
3660DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003661 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3662 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3663 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003664 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3665 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3666 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003667 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003668SRST
3669The general form of a TPM device option is:
3670
3671``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3672 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3673 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3674 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3675
3676 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3677
3678The available backends are:
3679
3680``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3681 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3682 passthrough driver.
3683
3684 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3685 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3686 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3687
3688 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3689 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3690 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3691 sysfs entry to use.
3692
3693 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3694
3695 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3696 by any other application on the host.
3697
3698 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3699 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3700 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3701 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3702 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3703 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3704 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3705 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3706 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3707 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3708
3709 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3710
3711 ::
3712
3713 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3714
3715 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3716 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3717
3718``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3719 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3720 socket based chardev backend.
3721
3722 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3723 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3724
3725 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3726
3727 ::
3728
3729 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3730ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003731
3732DEFHEADING()
3733
3734#endif
3735
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003736DEFHEADING(Boot Image or Kernel specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003737SRST
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003738There are broadly 4 ways you can boot a system with QEMU.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003739
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003740 - specify a firmware and let it control finding a kernel
3741 - specify a firmware and pass a hint to the kernel to boot
3742 - direct kernel image boot
3743 - manually load files into the guest's address space
3744
3745The third method is useful for quickly testing kernels but as there is
3746no firmware to pass configuration information to the kernel the
3747hardware must either be probeable, the kernel built for the exact
3748configuration or passed some configuration data (e.g. a DTB blob)
3749which tells the kernel what drivers it needs. This exact details are
3750often hardware specific.
3751
3752The final method is the most generic way of loading images into the
3753guest address space and used mostly for ``bare metal`` type
3754development where the reset vectors of the processor are taken into
3755account.
3756
3757ERST
3758
3759SRST
3760
3761For x86 machines and some other architectures ``-bios`` will generally
3762do the right thing with whatever it is given. For other machines the
3763more strict ``-pflash`` option needs an image that is sized for the
3764flash device for the given machine type.
3765
3766Please see the :ref:`system-targets-ref` section of the manual for
3767more detailed documentation.
3768
3769ERST
3770
3771DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
3772 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3773SRST
3774``-bios file``
3775 Set the filename for the BIOS.
3776ERST
3777
3778DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
3779 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3780SRST
3781``-pflash file``
3782 Use file as a parallel flash image.
3783ERST
3784
3785SRST
3786
3787The kernel options were designed to work with Linux kernels although
3788other things (like hypervisors) can be packaged up as a kernel
3789executable image. The exact format of a executable image is usually
3790architecture specific.
3791
3792The way in which the kernel is started (what address it is loaded at,
3793what if any information is passed to it via CPU registers, the state
3794of the hardware when it is started, and so on) is also architecture
3795specific. Typically it follows the specification laid down by the
3796Linux kernel for how kernels for that architecture must be started.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003797
3798ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003799
3800DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003801 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003802SRST
3803``-kernel bzImage``
3804 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3805 or in multiboot format.
3806ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003807
3808DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003809 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003810SRST
3811``-append cmdline``
3812 Use cmdline as kernel command line
3813ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003814
3815DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003816 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003817SRST
3818``-initrd file``
3819 Use file as initial ram disk.
3820
3821``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
3822 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3823
3824 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3825 first module.
3826ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003827
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003828DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003829 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003830SRST
3831``-dtb file``
3832 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
3833 kernel on boot.
3834ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003835
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003836SRST
3837
3838Finally you can also manually load images directly into the address
3839space of the guest. This is most useful for developers who already
3840know the layout of their guest and take care to ensure something sane
3841will happen when the reset vector executes.
3842
3843The generic loader can be invoked by using the loader device:
3844
3845``-device loader,addr=<addr>,data=<data>,data-len=<data-len>[,data-be=<data-be>][,cpu-num=<cpu-num>]``
3846
3847there is also the guest loader which operates in a similar way but
3848tweaks the DTB so a hypervisor loaded via ``-kernel`` can find where
3849the guest image is:
3850
3851``-device guest-loader,addr=<addr>[,kernel=<path>,[bootargs=<arguments>]][,initrd=<path>]``
3852
3853ERST
3854
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003855DEFHEADING()
3856
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003857DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003858
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003859DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003860 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003861 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n"
3862 "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n"
3863 " Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n",
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003864 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3865SRST
3866``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3867 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
3868
3869 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
3870 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
3871 ``deprecated-input=reject``
3872 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003873 ``deprecated-input=crash``
3874 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003875 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
3876 Emit deprecated command results and events
3877 ``deprecated-output=hide``
3878 Suppress deprecated command results and events
3879
3880 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003881
3882``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3883 Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental):
3884
3885 ``unstable-input=accept`` (default)
3886 Accept unstable commands and arguments
3887 ``unstable-input=reject``
3888 Reject unstable commands and arguments
3889 ``unstable-input=crash``
3890 Crash on unstable commands and arguments
3891 ``unstable-output=accept`` (default)
3892 Emit unstable command results and events
3893 ``unstable-output=hide``
3894 Suppress unstable command results and events
3895
3896 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003897ERST
3898
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003899DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3900 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003901 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003902 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003903 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003904 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003905SRST
3906``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
3907 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
3908
3909``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
3910 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
3911
3912 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
3913 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3914 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
3915
3916 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3917
3918 Example:
3919
3920 ::
3921
3922 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3923
3924 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3925 from ./my\_blob.bin.
3926ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003927
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003928DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003929 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3930 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003931SRST
3932``-serial dev``
3933 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
3934 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3935 graphical mode.
3936
3937 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3938 ports.
3939
3940 Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
3941
3942 Available character devices are:
3943
3944 ``vc[:WxH]``
3945 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
3946 pixel with
3947
3948 ::
3949
3950 vc:800x600
3951
3952 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3953
3954 ::
3955
3956 vc:80Cx24C
3957
3958 ``pty``
3959 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3960
3961 ``none``
3962 No device is allocated.
3963
3964 ``null``
3965 void device
3966
3967 ``chardev:id``
3968 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
3969 option.
3970
3971 ``/dev/XXX``
3972 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
3973 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3974
3975 ``/dev/parportN``
3976 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
3977 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3978
3979 ``file:filename``
3980 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
3981
3982 ``stdio``
3983 [Unix only] standard input/output
3984
3985 ``pipe:filename``
3986 name pipe filename
3987
3988 ``COMn``
3989 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
3990
3991 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
3992 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
3993 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
3994 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
3995
3996 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
3997 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
3998 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
3999 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
4000 netconsole session.
4001
4002 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
4003 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
4004 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
4005 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
4006 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
4007 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
4008 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
4009 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
4010 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
4011 QEMU port.
4012
4013 ``QEMU Options:``
4014 -serial udp::4555@:4556
4015
4016 ``netcat options:``
4017 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
4018
4019 ``telnet options:``
4020 localhost 5555
4021
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004022 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004023 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
4024 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
4025 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004026 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004027 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004028 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004029 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
4030 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004031 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
4032 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004033 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004034 corresponding character device.
4035
4036 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
4037 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
4038
4039 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004040 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004041
4042 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004043 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004044
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004045 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004046 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
4047 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
4048 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
4049 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
4050 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
4051 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
4052 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
4053 pressing the enter key.
4054
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004055 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004056 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
4057 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
4058
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004059 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004060 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
4061 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
4062 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
4063
4064 ``mon:dev_string``
4065 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
4066 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
4067 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
4068 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
4069 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
4070 4444 would be:
4071
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004072 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004073
4074 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
4075 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
4076 instead.
4077
4078 ``braille``
4079 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
4080 output on a real or fake device.
4081
4082 ``msmouse``
4083 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
4084 protocol.
4085ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004086
4087DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004088 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
4089 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004090SRST
4091``-parallel dev``
4092 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
4093 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
4094 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
4095 port.
4096
4097 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
4098 ports.
4099
4100 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
4101ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004102
4103DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004104 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
4105 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004106SRST
4107``-monitor dev``
4108 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
4109 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
4110 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
4111 monitor.
4112ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01004113DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004114 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
4115 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004116SRST
4117``-qmp dev``
4118 Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
4119ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01004120DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
4121 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
4122 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004123SRST
4124``-qmp-pretty dev``
4125 Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
4126ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004127
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004128DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01004129 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004130SRST
4131``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04304132 Setup monitor on chardev name. ``mode=control`` configures
4133 a QMP monitor (a JSON RPC-style protocol) and it is not the
4134 same as HMP, the human monitor that has a "(qemu)" prompt.
4135 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
4136 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00004137 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004138ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004139
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004140DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004141 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
4142 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004143SRST
4144``-debugcon dev``
4145 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
4146 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
4147 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
4148 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4149 graphical mode.
4150ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004151
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004152DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004153 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004154SRST
4155``-pidfile file``
4156 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
4157 from a script.
4158ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004159
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004160DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004161 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004162SRST
4163``-singlestep``
4164 Run the emulation in single step mode.
4165ERST
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004166
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004167DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02004168 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004169 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004170SRST
4171``--preconfig``
4172 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
4173 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
4174 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
4175 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
4176 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
4177 option is experimental.
4178ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004179
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004180DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004181 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
4182 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004183SRST
4184``-S``
4185 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
4186ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004187
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004188DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02004189 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004190 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
4191 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
4192 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
4193 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004194SRST
4195``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004196 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004197``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
4198 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
4199 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
4200
4201 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
4202 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01004203 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004204
4205 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
4206 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
4207 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
4208 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
4209 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
4210 taking into account guest idle time.
4211ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004212
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004213DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004214 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
4215 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
4216 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
4217 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004218SRST
4219``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004220 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
4221 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004222 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
4223 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
4224 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
4225
4226 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
4227
4228 -gdb tcp::3117
4229
4230 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
4231 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
4232 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
4233 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004234
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004235 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004236
4237 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4238ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004239
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004240DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004241 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4242 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004243SRST
4244``-s``
4245 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004246 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004247ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004248
4249DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004250 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004251 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004252SRST
4253``-d item1[,...]``
4254 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4255 items.
4256ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004257
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004258DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004259 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004260 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004261SRST
4262``-D logfile``
4263 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4264ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004265
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004266DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4267 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4268 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004269SRST
4270``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4271 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4272 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4273 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4274 example:
4275
4276 ::
4277
4278 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4279
4280 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4281 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4282 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4283ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004284
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004285DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4286 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4287 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004288SRST
4289``-seed number``
4290 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4291 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4292 within the host.
4293ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004294
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004295DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004296 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4297 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004298SRST
4299``-L path``
4300 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4301
4302 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4303ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004304
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004305DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Thomas Huth21abf012022-04-27 15:49:06 +02004306 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n",
4307 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC |
4308 QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004309SRST
4310``-enable-kvm``
4311 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4312 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4313ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004314
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004315DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004316 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n",
4317 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004318DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4319 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004320 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004321 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004322DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4323 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4324 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4325 " xenpv machine type).\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004326 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004327SRST
4328``-xen-domid id``
4329 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4330
4331``-xen-attach``
4332 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4333 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4334 specified domain id (XEN only).
4335ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004336
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004337DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004338 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004339SRST
4340``-no-reboot``
4341 Exit instead of rebooting.
4342ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004343
4344DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004345 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004346SRST
4347``-no-shutdown``
4348 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4349 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4350 changes to the disk image.
4351ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004352
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004353DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004354 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4355 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004356 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4357 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Ilya Leoshkevich0882caf2022-07-26 00:37:45 +02004358 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004359 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004360 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4361 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4362 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4363SRST
4364``-action event=action``
4365 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4366 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4367 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4368 parameters.
4369
4370 Examples:
4371
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004372 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004373 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004374 ``-device i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004375
4376ERST
4377
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004378DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4379 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004380 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4381 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004382SRST
4383``-loadvm file``
4384 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4385ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004386
4387#ifndef _WIN32
4388DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004389 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004390#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004391SRST
4392``-daemonize``
4393 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4394 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4395 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4396 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4397 race conditions.
4398ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004399
4400DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004401 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4402 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004403SRST
4404``-option-rom file``
4405 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4406 load things like EtherBoot.
4407ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004408
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004409DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004410 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004411 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4412 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004413
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004414SRST
4415``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4416 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4417 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4418 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4419 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4420 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4421
4422 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4423 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4424 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4425 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4426 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4427 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4428 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4429 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4430 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4431 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4432 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4433 clock.
4434
4435 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4436 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4437 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4438 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4439ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004440
4441DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004442 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004443 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004444 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004445 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4446 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004447SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004448``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004449 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4450 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4451 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4452 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4453
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004454 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4455 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4456 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4457 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4458 with actual performance.
4459
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004460 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4461 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4462 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4463 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4464 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4465 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4466 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4467 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4468 or ``align=on``.
4469
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004470 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4471 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4472 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4473 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4474 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4475 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4476 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4477 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4478 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004479 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4480 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004481
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004482 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4483 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4484 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4485 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4486 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4487 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4488 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4489 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004490ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004491
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004492DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004493 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004494 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4495 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004496SRST
4497``-watchdog-action action``
4498 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4499 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4500 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4501 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4502 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4503 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4504 (do nothing).
4505
4506 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4507 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4508 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4509 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4510
4511 Examples:
4512
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004513 ``-device i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004514
4515ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004516
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004517DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004518 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4519 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004520SRST
4521``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4522 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4523 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4524 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4525 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4526 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4527 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4528 escape character to Control-t.
4529
4530 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4531
4532ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004533
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004534DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004535 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4536 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004537 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4538 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4539 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4540 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
4541 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4542 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004543 " or from given external command\n" \
4544 "-incoming defer\n" \
4545 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004546 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004547SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004548``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004549 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004550``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004551 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4552
4553``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4554 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4555
4556``-incoming fd:fd``
4557 Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4558
4559``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4560 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4561 command.
4562
4563``-incoming defer``
4564 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4565 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4566 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4567ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004568
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304569DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4570 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004571SRST
4572``-only-migratable``
4573 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4574 an unmigratable state.
4575ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304576
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004577DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004578 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004579SRST
4580``-nodefaults``
4581 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4582 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4583 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4584 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4585ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004586
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004587#ifndef _WIN32
4588DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004589 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4590 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004591#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004592SRST
4593``-chroot dir``
4594 Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4595 directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4596ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004597
4598#ifndef _WIN32
4599DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004600 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4601 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004602 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004603#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004604SRST
4605``-runas user``
4606 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4607 switching to the specified user.
4608ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004609
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004610DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4611 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004612 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4613 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004614SRST
4615``-prom-env variable=value``
4616 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4617
4618 ::
4619
4620 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4621 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4622
4623 ::
4624
4625 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4626 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4627 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4628ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004629DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004630 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004631 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004632 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004633SRST
4634``-semihosting``
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004635 Enable :ref:`Semihosting` mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004636
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004637 .. warning::
4638 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4639 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004640
4641 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4642 information about the facilities this enables.
4643ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004644DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004645 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004646 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004647QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004648QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004649SRST
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004650``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]``
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004651 Enable and configure :ref:`Semihosting` (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004652 only).
4653
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004654 .. warning::
4655 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4656 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004657
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004658 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4659 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4660 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4661 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4662
4663 ``chardev=str1``
4664 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4665 output when not in gdb
4666
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004667 ``userspace=on|off``
4668 Allows code running in guest userspace to access the semihosting
4669 interface. The default is that only privileged guest code can
4670 make semihosting calls. Note that setting ``userspace=on`` should
4671 only be used if all guest code is trusted (for example, in
4672 bare-metal test case code).
4673
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004674 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4675 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4676 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4677 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4678 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4679 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4680 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4681 takes precedence.
4682ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004683DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004684 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004685SRST
4686``-old-param``
4687 Old param mode (ARM only).
4688ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004689
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004690DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004691 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004692 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004693 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4694 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4695 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004696 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004697 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4698 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004699 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004700 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4701 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004702 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004703 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004704 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004705SRST
4706``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4707 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4708 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4709
4710 ``obsolete=string``
4711 Enable Obsolete system calls
4712
4713 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4714 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4715
4716 ``spawn=string``
4717 Disable \*fork and execve
4718
4719 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4720 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4721ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004722
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004723DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Paolo Bonzinie960a7e2022-04-14 10:57:21 -04004724 "-readconfig <file>\n"
4725 " read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004726SRST
4727``-readconfig file``
4728 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4729 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4730 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4731ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004732
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004733DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4734 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004735 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004736 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004737SRST
4738``-no-user-config``
4739 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4740 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4741ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004742
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004743DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004744 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004745 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004746 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004747SRST
4748``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004749 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004750
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004751ERST
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004752DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004753 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004754 " load a plugin\n",
4755 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004756SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004757``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004758 Load a plugin.
4759
4760 ``file=file``
4761 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4762
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004763 ``argname=argvalue``
4764 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004765ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004766
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004767HXCOMM Internal use
4768DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4769DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004770
Claudio Imbrendac891c242022-08-12 15:34:53 +02004771#ifdef __linux__
4772DEF("async-teardown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_asyncteardown,
4773 "-async-teardown enable asynchronous teardown\n",
4774 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4775#endif
4776SRST
4777``-async-teardown``
4778 Enable asynchronous teardown. A new process called "cleanup/<QEMU_PID>"
4779 will be created at startup sharing the address space with the main qemu
4780 process, using clone. It will wait for the main qemu process to
4781 terminate completely, and then exit.
4782 This allows qemu to terminate very quickly even if the guest was
4783 huge, leaving the teardown of the address space to the cleanup
4784 process. Since the cleanup process shares the same cgroups as the
4785 main qemu process, accounting is performed correctly. This only
4786 works if the cleanup process is not forcefully killed with SIGKILL
4787 before the main qemu process has terminated completely.
4788ERST
4789
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004790DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004791 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02004792 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004793 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
4794 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
4795 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004796 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004797SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004798``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004799 Control error message format.
4800
4801 ``timestamp=on|off``
4802 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004803
4804 ``guest-name=on|off``
4805 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
4806 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004807ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004808
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304809DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4810 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4811 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4812 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4813 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004814 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304815 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004816SRST
4817``-dump-vmstate file``
4818 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
4819 file in file
4820ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304821
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004822DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4823 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4824 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4825 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004826SRST
4827``-enable-sync-profile``
4828 Enable synchronization profiling.
4829ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004830
Ilya Leoshkevich5584e2d2023-01-12 16:20:13 +01004831#if defined(CONFIG_TCG) && defined(CONFIG_LINUX)
4832DEF("perfmap", 0, QEMU_OPTION_perfmap,
4833 "-perfmap generate a /tmp/perf-${pid}.map file for perf\n",
4834 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4835SRST
4836``-perfmap``
4837 Generate a map file for Linux perf tools that will allow basic profiling
4838 information to be broken down into basic blocks.
4839ERST
4840
4841DEF("jitdump", 0, QEMU_OPTION_jitdump,
4842 "-jitdump generate a jit-${pid}.dump file for perf\n",
4843 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4844SRST
4845``-jitdump``
4846 Generate a dump file for Linux perf tools that maps basic blocks to symbol
4847 names, line numbers and JITted code.
4848ERST
4849#endif
4850
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004851DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004852
4853DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004854
4855DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4856 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4857 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4858 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4859 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4860 " '/objects' path.\n",
4861 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004862SRST
4863``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
4864 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
4865 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
4866 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
4867
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004868 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,readonly=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004869 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
4870 the guest RAM with huge pages.
4871
4872 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004873 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
4874 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004875
4876 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004877 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004878
4879 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
4880 huge page filesystem mount.
4881
4882 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
4883 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
4884 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
4885 region.
4886
4887 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4888 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4889
4890 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4891 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4892 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4893 source tree for additional details.
4894
4895 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
4896 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
4897 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
4898 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
4899 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
4900 using SIGKILL.
4901
4902 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4903 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
4904 the pages for memory deduplication.
4905
4906 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
4907 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
4908
4909 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4910
4911 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
4912 NUMA host nodes.
4913
4914 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
4915 following values:
4916
4917 ``default``
4918 default host policy
4919
4920 ``preferred``
4921 prefer the given host node list for allocation
4922
4923 ``bind``
4924 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4925
4926 ``interleave``
4927 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
4928 list
4929
4930 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
4931 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4932 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
4933 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
4934 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4935 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
4936 option.
4937
4938 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
4939 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
4940 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
4941 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
4942 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
4943 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
4944 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
4945 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
4946 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
4947 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
4948 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
4949 option.
4950
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004951 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
4952 read-only or read-write (default).
4953
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004954 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
4955 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
4956 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
4957 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
4958 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4959 options.
4960
4961 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
4962 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
4963 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
4964 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
4965 optional sealing. (Linux only)
4966
4967 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4968 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4969
4970 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
4971 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
4972 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
4973 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
4974 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
4975 system).
4976
4977 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
4978 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
4979 4.16).
4980
4981 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4982 other options.
4983
4984 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
4985
4986 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
4987 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4988 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4989 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4990 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
4991 uses this RNG backend.
4992
4993 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
4994 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4995 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4996 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4997 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
4998 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
4999 ``/dev/urandom``.
5000
5001 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
5002 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5003 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
5004 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
5005 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
5006 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
5007 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
5008
5009 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
5010 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5011 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5012 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5013 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5014 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5015 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5016 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5017 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
5018 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
5019
5020 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5021 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5022 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5023 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5024 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5025 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5026 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5027 upfront and saved.
5028
5029 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
5030 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
5031 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
5032 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
5033 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
5034 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
5035 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
5036 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
5037 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
5038
5039 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
5040 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
5041 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
5042 program.
5043
5044 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
5045 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
5046 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
5047 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5048 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5049 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
5050 front and saved.
5051
5052 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
5053 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5054 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5055 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5056 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5057 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5058 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5059 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5060 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
5061 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
5062 with valid client certificates too.
5063
5064 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5065 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5066 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5067 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5068 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5069 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5070 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5071 upfront and saved.
5072
5073 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
5074 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
5075 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
5076 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
5077 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
5078 and client-key.pem (only clients).
5079
5080 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
5081 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
5082 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
5083 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
5084 password for decryption.
5085
5086 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
5087 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5088 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5089 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5090 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5091 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5092 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5093 string as described at
5094 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5095
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02005096 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
5097 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
5098 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
5099 to use.
5100
5101 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
5102 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
5103 host.
5104
5105 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
5106 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5107 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5108 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5109 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5110 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5111 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5112 string as described at
5113 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5114
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005115 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
5116 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
5117 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
5118 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
5119 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
5120 guest-side TLS.
5121
5122 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
5123 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
5124 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
5125 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
5126
5127 .. parsed-literal::
5128
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005129 # |qemu_system| \\
5130 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005131 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
5132
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005133 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5134 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
5135 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
5136 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
5137 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
5138 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
5139 for netfilter will be 'on'.
5140
5141 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
5142 netfilter.
5143
5144 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
5145 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
5146
5147 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
5148 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
5149
5150 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
5151 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
5152
5153 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
5154 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
5155 to any netfilter.
5156
5157 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
5158 before any existing filters.
5159
5160 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
5161 behind any existing filters (default).
5162
5163 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
5164 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
5165
5166 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
5167 the new filter relative to the one specified with
5168 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
5169
5170 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
5171
5172 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
5173
5174 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5175 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
5176 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5177 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5178
5179 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5180 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
5181 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
5182 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
5183 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
5184 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
5185 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
5186 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
5187
5188 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5189 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
5190 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
5191 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
5192 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
5193 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
5194
5195 usage: colo secondary: -object
5196 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
5197 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
5198 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
5199
5200 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5201 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
5202 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
5203 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
5204 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
5205
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08005206 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005207 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
5208 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
5209 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
5210 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
5211 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
5212 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
5213 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5214 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5215 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
5216 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
5217 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
5218 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
5219 size depend on user environment.
5220 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08005221 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005222
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005223 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
5224 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005225
5226 ::
5227
5228 KVM COLO
5229
5230 primary:
5231 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5232 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005233 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5234 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5235 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005236 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005237 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005238 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5239 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5240 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5241 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5242 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5243 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5244
5245 secondary:
5246 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5247 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5248 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5249 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5250 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5251 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5252
5253
5254 Xen COLO
5255
5256 primary:
5257 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5258 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005259 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5260 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5261 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005262 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005263 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005264 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005265 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005266 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5267 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5268 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5269 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5270 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
5271
5272 secondary:
5273 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5274 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5275 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5276 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5277 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5278 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5279
5280 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5281 read the colo-compare git log.
5282
5283 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01005284 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto operations from
5285 the QEMU cipher APIs. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005286 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5287 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5288 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5289 of queues is 1.
5290
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005291 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005292
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005293 # |qemu_system| \\
5294 [...] \\
5295 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5296 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005297 [...]
5298
5299 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5300 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5301 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5302 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5303 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5304 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5305 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5306 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5307 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5308 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5309
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005310 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005311
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005312 # |qemu_system| \\
5313 [...] \\
5314 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5315 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5316 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005317 [...]
5318
5319 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005320 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005321 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5322 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5323 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5324 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5325 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5326 sensitive data is encrypted.
5327
5328 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5329 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5330 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5331 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5332 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5333 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5334 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5335
5336 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5337 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5338 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5339 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5340 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5341 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5342 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5343 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5344 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5345
5346 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5347
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005348 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005349
5350 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5351
5352 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5353
5354 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5355 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5356
5357 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5358 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5359 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5360 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5361 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5362
5363 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5364
5365 ::
5366
5367 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5368 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5369
5370 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5371 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5372 secret
5373
5374 ::
5375
5376 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5377 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5378
5379 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5380 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5381 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5382
5383 ::
5384
5385 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5386 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5387
5388 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5389 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5390 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5391
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005392 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005393
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005394 # |qemu_system| \\
5395 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5396 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005397 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5398
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005399 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005400 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5401 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5402 on AMD processors.
5403
5404 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5405 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5406 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5407 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5408 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5409
5410 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5411 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5412 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5413 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
5414 the value should be 5.
5415
5416 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5417 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5418 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5419 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5420 CCP driver.
5421
5422 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5423 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5424 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5425 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5426 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5427 guest. The default is 0.
5428
5429 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5430 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5431 from which to share the key.
5432
5433 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5434 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5435 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5436 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5437 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5438
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005439 The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/
5440 cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux
5441 boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2)
5442
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005443 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5444
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005445 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005446
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005447 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5448 ...... \\
5449 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \\
5450 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005451 .....
5452
5453 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5454 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5455 network services.
5456
5457 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5458 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5459 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5460 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5461 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5462
5463 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5464 name would look like:
5465
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005466 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005467
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005468 # |qemu_system| \\
5469 ... \\
5470 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005471 ...
5472
5473 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5474 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5475
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005476 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005477 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5478 network services.
5479
5480 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5481 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5482
5483 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5484 look like:
5485
5486 ::
5487
5488 {
5489 "rules": [
5490 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5491 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5492 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5493 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5494 ],
5495 "policy": "deny"
5496 }
5497
5498 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5499 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5500 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5501 ``policy`` value is returned.
5502
5503 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5504 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5505 used.
5506
5507 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5508 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5509
5510 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5511 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5512 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5513
5514 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5515 would look like:
5516
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005517 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005518
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005519 # |qemu_system| \\
5520 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005521 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005522 ...
5523
5524 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5525 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5526 network services.
5527
5528 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5529 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5530 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5531 the ``account`` subsystem.
5532
5533 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5534 distinguished name would look like:
5535
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005536 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005537
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005538 # |qemu_system| \\
5539 ... \\
5540 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005541 ...
5542
5543 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5544 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5545
5546 ::
5547
5548 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5549 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5550
5551 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01005552 of x509 distinguished names that are permitted access
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005553
5554 ::
5555
5556 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5557
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005558 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005559 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5560 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5561 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5562 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5563 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5564
5565 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5566 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5567 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5568 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5569
5570 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5571 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5572 pinning/affinity.
5573
5574 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5575 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5576 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5577 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5578 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5579 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5580 workload and/or host device latency.
5581
5582 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5583 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5584 setting this value to 0.
5585
5586 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5587 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5588 due to not polling long enough.
5589
5590 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5591 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5592 long polling without encountering events.
5593
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005594 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
5595 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
5596 its default.
5597
5598 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005599 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5600 ``id``):
5601
5602 ::
5603
5604 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5605ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005606
5607
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005608HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04005609
5610#undef DEF
5611#undef DEFHEADING
5612#undef ARCHHEADING